1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
31 #include "blockinput.h"
33 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
34 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
35 #include "syssignal.h"
37 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
38 if this is not done before the other system files. */
40 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
42 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
43 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
45 #include <sys/types.h>
48 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
57 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
58 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
61 #include "character.h"
64 #include "dispextern.h"
66 #include "termhooks.h"
69 #include "emacs-icon.h"
74 #include "intervals.h"
80 #include "xsettings.h"
82 #include "sysselect.h"
85 #include <X11/Shell.h>
88 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
97 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
102 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
106 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
108 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
109 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
111 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
113 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
114 #if defined USE_MOTIF
115 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
116 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
117 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
120 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
121 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
123 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
124 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
125 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
126 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
128 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
129 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
130 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
131 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
133 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
137 #ifndef XtNinitialState
138 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
142 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
144 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
148 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
153 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
156 static int any_help_event_p
;
158 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
159 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
161 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
164 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
166 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
167 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
168 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
169 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
171 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
173 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
174 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
175 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
176 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
178 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
180 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
182 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
184 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
189 } pending_event_wait
;
192 /* The application context for Xt use. */
193 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
194 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
196 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
198 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
199 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
201 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
202 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
203 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
205 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
209 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
210 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
211 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
212 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
214 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
216 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
217 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
218 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
219 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
220 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
221 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
222 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
223 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
224 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
227 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
229 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
230 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
231 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
233 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
235 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
236 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
239 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
240 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
243 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
245 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
246 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
247 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
248 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
249 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
250 it's somewhat accurate. */
252 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
254 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
256 static Time last_user_time
;
258 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
261 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
263 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
265 static int x_noop_count
;
267 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
269 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
270 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
273 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
274 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
276 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
277 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
280 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
281 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
285 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
290 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
291 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
292 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
293 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
295 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
296 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
297 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
299 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
300 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
301 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
302 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
303 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
306 /* Used in x_flush. */
308 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
309 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
310 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
311 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
312 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
313 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
315 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
316 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
317 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
318 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
319 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
320 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
321 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
322 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
323 static void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int) NO_RETURN
;
324 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
325 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
326 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
327 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
328 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
329 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
330 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
331 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
332 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
333 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
334 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
335 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
337 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
338 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
339 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
340 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
341 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
342 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
343 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
344 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
345 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
347 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
348 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
349 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
350 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
351 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
352 int *, struct input_event
*);
354 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
356 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
357 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
358 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
359 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
360 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
361 static void x_initialize (void);
364 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
367 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
369 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
370 connection may be broken. */
371 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
377 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
378 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
379 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
380 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
382 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
383 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
388 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
389 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
390 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
391 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
392 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
395 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
398 /***********************************************************************
400 ***********************************************************************/
404 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
405 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
413 struct record event_record
[100];
415 int event_record_index
;
418 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
420 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
421 event_record_index
= 0;
423 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
424 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
425 event_record_index
++;
432 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
434 struct x_display_info
*
435 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
437 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
439 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
440 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
447 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
449 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
450 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
451 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
453 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
457 unsigned int nchildren
;
460 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
467 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
470 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
472 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
473 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
474 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
476 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
480 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
485 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
486 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
487 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
488 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
492 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
494 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
497 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
499 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
501 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
502 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
503 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
504 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
506 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
508 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
509 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
510 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
512 /* return unless necessary */
517 unsigned long n
, left
;
519 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
520 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
521 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
524 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
526 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
527 XFree ((void *) data
);
536 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
537 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
538 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
543 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
545 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
549 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
551 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
555 /***********************************************************************
556 Starting and ending an update
557 ***********************************************************************/
559 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
560 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
561 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
562 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
563 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
566 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
572 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
573 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
577 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
579 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
580 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
583 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
587 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
589 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
590 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
592 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
594 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
595 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
602 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
605 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
607 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
610 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
612 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
615 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
616 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
619 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
621 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
622 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
624 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
625 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
626 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
628 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
629 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
633 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
635 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
637 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
642 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
644 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
646 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
647 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
652 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
653 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
654 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
656 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
657 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
658 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
661 updated_window
= NULL
;
665 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
669 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
671 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
672 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
676 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
682 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
683 complete update has been performed. The global variable
684 updated_window is not available here. */
687 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
691 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
693 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
694 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
697 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
698 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
699 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
700 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
701 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
708 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
709 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
710 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
711 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
712 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
713 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
716 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
718 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
724 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
725 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
727 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
728 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
729 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
730 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
731 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
732 overhead is very small. */
733 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
734 && desired_row
->full_width_p
735 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
736 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
738 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
741 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
744 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
745 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
746 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
747 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
748 y
, width
, height
, False
);
754 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
756 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
757 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
758 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
759 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
760 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
762 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
763 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
767 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
769 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
770 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
771 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
772 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
774 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
776 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
778 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
779 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
780 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
781 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
782 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
783 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
784 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
785 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
787 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
791 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
792 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
793 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
797 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
798 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
799 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
800 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
804 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
806 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
807 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
809 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
814 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
816 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
817 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
819 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
820 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
825 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
826 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
829 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
835 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
836 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
840 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
842 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
844 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
846 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
848 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
849 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
851 face
->background
, depth
);
855 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
856 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
859 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
860 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
861 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
862 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
865 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
866 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
867 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
871 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
872 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
873 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
877 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
882 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
883 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
884 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
888 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
892 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
893 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
896 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
901 /***********************************************************************
903 ***********************************************************************/
907 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
908 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
909 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
911 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
912 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
913 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
914 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
915 static void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int) NO_RETURN
;
916 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
917 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
918 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
919 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
920 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
921 unsigned long *, double, int);
922 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
923 double, int, unsigned long);
924 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
925 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
926 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
927 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
928 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
929 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
931 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
932 int, int, int, int, int, int,
934 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
935 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
936 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
939 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
943 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
947 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
949 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
950 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
951 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
953 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
956 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
960 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
961 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
963 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
964 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
965 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
966 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
967 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
968 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
969 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
971 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
972 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
973 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
975 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
976 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
979 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
980 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
981 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
983 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
984 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
987 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
988 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
990 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
995 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
998 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1003 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1004 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1005 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1007 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1009 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1010 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1012 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1013 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1014 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1016 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1017 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1020 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1025 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1026 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1027 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1028 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1030 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1031 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1034 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1035 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1037 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1040 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1044 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1045 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1046 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1049 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1051 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1055 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1056 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1060 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1062 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1064 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1066 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1067 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1069 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1071 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1072 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1074 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1076 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1079 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1081 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1082 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1084 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1085 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1087 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1088 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1092 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1093 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1096 /* GC must have been set. */
1097 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1101 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1102 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1105 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1107 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1108 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1111 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1116 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1117 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1121 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1126 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1128 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1131 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1136 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1139 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1142 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1143 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1145 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1147 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1149 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1150 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1153 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1154 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1155 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1159 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1161 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1163 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1164 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1165 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1169 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1170 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1175 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1178 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1181 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1182 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1183 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1184 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1188 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1189 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1190 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1191 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1192 contains the first component of a composition. */
1195 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1197 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1198 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1199 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1201 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1205 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1206 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1207 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1208 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1209 s
->background_width
,
1210 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1211 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1212 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1214 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1215 || s
->font_not_found_p
1216 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1219 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1220 s
->background_width
,
1221 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1222 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1228 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1231 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1235 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1236 of S to the right of that box line. */
1237 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1238 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1239 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1243 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1245 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1247 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1249 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1250 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1251 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1253 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1258 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1259 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1262 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1263 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1265 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1267 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1268 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1270 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1271 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1272 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1276 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1279 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1282 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1284 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1285 of S to the right of that box line. */
1286 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1287 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1288 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1292 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1293 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1294 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1295 this composition. */
1297 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1298 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1299 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1301 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1302 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1303 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1305 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1309 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1310 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1311 space on the left or right. */
1312 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1314 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1315 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1317 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1318 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1319 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1324 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1329 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1331 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1332 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1333 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1336 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1340 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1341 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1342 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1345 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1346 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1347 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1348 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1349 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1350 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1358 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1359 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1360 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1366 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1369 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1371 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1375 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1376 of S to the right of that box line. */
1377 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1378 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1379 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1385 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1387 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1388 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1390 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1393 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1394 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1398 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1399 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1400 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1401 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1402 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1403 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1406 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1408 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1409 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1410 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1416 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1419 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1420 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1422 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1423 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1425 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1426 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1427 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1429 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1430 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1431 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1434 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1435 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1436 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1437 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1438 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1439 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1443 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1445 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1446 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1447 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1448 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1449 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1452 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1453 cannot be determined. */
1455 static struct frame
*
1456 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1458 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1462 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1464 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1465 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1466 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1467 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1468 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1469 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1471 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1472 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1473 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1474 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1475 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1477 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1478 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1479 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1488 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1489 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1490 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1491 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1492 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1493 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1496 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1497 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1499 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1500 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1506 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1507 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1509 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1511 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1513 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1518 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1519 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1521 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1524 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1526 DPY is the display we are working on.
1528 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1529 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1530 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1531 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1533 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1534 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1536 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1537 we allocated the color or not.
1539 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1542 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1543 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1544 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1554 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1555 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1557 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1561 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1562 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1563 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1565 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1567 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1568 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1570 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1572 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1573 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1575 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1576 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1578 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1579 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1584 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1586 params
[0] = color_name
;
1587 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1588 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1589 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1594 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1596 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1598 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1602 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1606 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1607 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1610 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1615 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1616 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1617 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1619 APP is the application context in which we work.
1621 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1622 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1623 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1625 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1628 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1633 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1635 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1638 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1640 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1641 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1642 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1643 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1644 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1649 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1652 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1653 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1654 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1655 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1657 static const XColor
*
1658 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1660 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1662 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1664 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1665 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1668 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1669 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1670 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1672 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1673 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1675 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1676 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1679 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1680 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1684 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1685 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1688 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1690 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1692 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1695 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1697 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1698 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1699 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1700 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1704 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1708 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1709 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1712 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1714 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1718 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1719 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1720 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1724 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1728 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1731 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1732 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1733 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1734 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1736 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1737 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1738 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1740 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1742 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1744 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1745 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1746 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1747 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1749 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1752 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1756 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1757 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1758 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1759 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1763 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1764 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1765 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1766 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1767 XColor
*cached_color
;
1769 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1770 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1771 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1772 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1773 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1775 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1776 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1777 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1781 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1783 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1784 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1790 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1791 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1792 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1796 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1798 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1799 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1803 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1804 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1805 get color reference counts right. */
1808 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1812 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1814 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1815 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1817 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1818 register_color (pixel
);
1824 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1827 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1828 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1829 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1830 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1831 use an additional additive factor.
1833 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1834 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1835 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1838 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1839 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1840 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1841 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1842 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1843 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1846 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1852 /* Get RGB color values. */
1853 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1854 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1856 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1857 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1858 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1859 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1860 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1862 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1863 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1865 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1866 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1867 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1868 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1869 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1871 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1872 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1873 /* The additive adjustment. */
1874 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1878 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1879 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1880 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1884 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1885 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1886 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1890 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1891 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1894 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1896 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1897 delta to the RGB values. */
1898 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1900 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1901 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1902 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1903 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1914 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1915 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1916 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1917 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1918 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1919 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1922 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1925 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1926 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1927 unsigned long pixel
;
1928 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1929 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1930 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1931 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1933 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1934 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1936 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1937 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1938 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1940 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1942 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1943 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1946 /* Allocate new color. */
1947 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1949 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1950 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1952 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1953 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1956 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1958 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1960 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1963 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1967 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1970 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1972 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1973 unsigned long color
;
1975 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1976 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1977 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1979 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1980 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1985 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1986 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1987 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1990 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1991 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1993 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1994 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1995 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1996 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1997 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2002 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2003 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2004 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2005 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2006 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2007 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2011 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2012 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2013 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
2014 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2016 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2017 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2022 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2024 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2025 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2027 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2028 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2029 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2036 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2037 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2038 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2040 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2041 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2042 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2043 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2050 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2052 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2053 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2055 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2056 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2057 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2060 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2062 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2064 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2065 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2069 /* Outermost top line. */
2071 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2072 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2073 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2075 /* Outermost left line. */
2077 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2083 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2084 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2085 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2086 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2087 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2088 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2089 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2095 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2096 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2097 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2098 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2099 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2102 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2106 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2107 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2108 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2109 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2110 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2111 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2114 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2115 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2116 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2120 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2121 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2122 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2125 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2126 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2130 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2131 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2134 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2135 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2139 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2140 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2142 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2143 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2147 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2150 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2152 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2153 int left_p
, right_p
;
2154 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2155 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2157 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2158 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2159 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2161 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2162 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2164 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2166 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2167 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2169 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2171 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2173 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2175 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2176 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2178 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2179 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2180 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2182 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2184 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2186 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2187 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2188 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2191 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2192 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2193 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2198 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2201 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2204 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2206 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2207 right of that line. */
2208 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2209 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2211 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2213 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2215 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2216 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2217 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2218 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2224 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2225 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2226 trust on the shape extension to be available
2227 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2229 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2232 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2234 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2235 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2236 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2237 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2238 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2240 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2243 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2244 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2245 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2246 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2247 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2248 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2252 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2254 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2257 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2258 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2259 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2260 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2261 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2262 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2264 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2265 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2266 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2267 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2268 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2269 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2270 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2272 int relief
= s
->img
->relief
;
2273 if (relief
< 0) relief
= -relief
;
2274 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2275 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2276 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2277 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2282 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2283 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2284 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2288 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2291 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2293 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2294 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2297 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2299 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2300 right of that line. */
2301 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2302 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2304 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2306 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2308 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2309 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2310 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2311 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2313 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2314 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2316 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2317 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2321 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2322 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2325 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2326 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2328 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2329 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2330 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2332 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2333 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2335 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2336 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2339 x0
= x
- thick
- extra_x
;
2340 y0
= y
- thick
- extra_y
;
2341 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra_x
;
2342 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra_y
;
2344 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2345 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2346 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2348 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2350 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2355 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2358 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2361 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2363 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2364 right of that line. */
2365 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2366 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2368 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2370 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2372 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2373 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2374 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2375 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2381 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2382 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2383 trust on the shape extension to be available
2384 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2386 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2390 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2391 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2392 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2393 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2394 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2396 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2397 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2398 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2399 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2403 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2404 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2405 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2407 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2408 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2409 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2410 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2411 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2412 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2413 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2415 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2417 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2418 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2419 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2424 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2425 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2426 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2430 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2431 give the rectangle to draw. */
2434 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2438 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2439 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2440 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2441 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2444 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2448 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2451 s->x +-------------------------
2454 | +-------------------------
2457 | | +-------------------
2463 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2465 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2466 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2468 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2471 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2472 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2473 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2474 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2476 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2477 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2479 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2480 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2484 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2485 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2489 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2490 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2491 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2492 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2493 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2495 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2496 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2497 s
->background_width
,
2500 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2502 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2504 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2507 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2508 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2509 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2510 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2511 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2512 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2513 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2518 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2520 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2521 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2522 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2523 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2531 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2533 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2535 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2536 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2538 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2541 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2544 /* Draw the foreground. */
2547 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2548 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2549 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2550 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2551 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2554 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2556 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2558 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2559 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2560 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2564 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2567 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2569 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2571 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2572 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2574 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2575 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2576 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2579 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2581 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2585 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2591 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2593 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2595 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2596 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2597 x
+= background_width
;
2599 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2600 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2604 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2606 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2607 if (width
< background_width
)
2610 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2614 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2618 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2619 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2621 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2627 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2628 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2630 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2632 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2633 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2634 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2635 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2640 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2641 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2642 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2643 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2647 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2649 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2650 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2652 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2653 except for header line and mode line. */
2654 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2656 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2659 if (background_width
> 0)
2660 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2663 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2667 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2673 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2678 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2680 int wave_height
= 2, wave_length
= 3;
2681 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2682 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2685 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2691 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2693 wave_clip
= (XRectangle
){ x0
, y0
, width
, wave_height
};
2694 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2696 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2699 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2701 /* Draw the waves */
2703 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2715 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2717 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2721 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2722 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2726 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2729 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2731 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2733 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2734 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2735 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2736 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2739 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2741 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2742 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2743 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2744 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2746 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2747 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2748 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2749 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2751 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2752 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2756 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2757 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2759 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2760 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2761 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2762 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2763 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2764 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2767 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2768 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2769 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2770 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2773 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2775 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2776 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2777 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2778 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2779 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2780 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2782 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2784 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2787 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2791 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2795 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2796 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2798 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2799 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2802 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2803 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2804 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2805 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2807 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2808 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2811 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2812 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2813 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2815 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2816 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2823 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2825 /* Draw underline. */
2826 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2828 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2830 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2831 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2835 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2836 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2837 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2838 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2841 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2843 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2846 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2848 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2849 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2850 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2854 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2855 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2856 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2859 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2860 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2863 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2864 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2865 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2866 specs, and its default is
2868 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2869 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2871 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2872 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2873 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2875 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2877 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2879 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2881 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2882 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2883 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2884 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2885 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2886 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2887 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2888 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2889 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2890 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2891 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2892 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2896 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2897 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2898 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2899 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2900 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2904 /* Draw overline. */
2905 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2907 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2909 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2910 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2915 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2916 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2917 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2919 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2923 /* Draw strike-through. */
2924 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2926 unsigned long h
= 1;
2927 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2929 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2930 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2935 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2936 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2937 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2939 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2943 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2944 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2945 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2949 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2951 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2952 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2953 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2955 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2956 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2957 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2960 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2961 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2962 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2963 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2965 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2966 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2968 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2974 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2976 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2977 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2978 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2980 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2981 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2982 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2985 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2986 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2987 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2988 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2990 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2991 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2993 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2998 /* Reset clipping. */
2999 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3003 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
3006 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
3008 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3009 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3010 x
, y
, width
, height
,
3014 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3018 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
3024 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3025 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3028 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
3030 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3031 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3035 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3038 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3040 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3042 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3043 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
3044 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
3046 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
3047 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
3050 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
3052 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3053 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3054 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3056 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3057 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3058 redisplay, do it here. */
3059 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3060 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3063 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3070 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3072 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
3073 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
3075 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3078 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
3079 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
3082 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
3084 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
3085 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
3086 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
3088 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
3089 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
3093 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
3095 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
3096 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
3100 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3102 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
3103 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
3105 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3107 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3111 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3117 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3118 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3119 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3121 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3122 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3123 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3124 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3126 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3130 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3133 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3134 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3135 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3136 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3137 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3138 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3139 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3140 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3141 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3144 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3145 pixels into background pixels. */
3149 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3150 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3151 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3153 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3154 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3158 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3159 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3160 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3161 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3162 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3163 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3164 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3168 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3169 edge it is next to. */
3170 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3172 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3173 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3176 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3177 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3184 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3186 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3187 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3189 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3191 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3192 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3193 width
, flash_height
);
3194 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3196 (height
- flash_height
3197 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3198 width
, flash_height
);
3202 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3203 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3204 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3205 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3210 struct timeval wakeup
;
3212 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3214 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3215 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3216 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3217 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3219 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3221 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3223 struct timeval current
;
3224 struct timeval timeout
;
3226 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3228 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3229 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3232 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3234 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3236 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3237 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3241 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3242 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3244 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3246 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3247 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3248 width
, flash_height
);
3249 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3251 (height
- flash_height
3252 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3253 width
, flash_height
);
3256 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3257 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3258 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3259 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3265 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3267 #undef XFillRectangle
3269 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3278 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3282 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3287 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3288 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3289 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3292 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3293 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3294 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3299 /* Make audible bell. */
3302 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3304 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3306 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3313 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3314 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3321 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3322 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3323 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3324 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3327 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3329 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3334 /***********************************************************************
3336 ***********************************************************************/
3338 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3339 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3342 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3348 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3351 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3353 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3354 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3356 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3357 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3359 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3361 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3362 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3363 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3364 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3365 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3366 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3367 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3368 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3370 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3374 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3375 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3376 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3378 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3380 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3381 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3383 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3384 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3389 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3390 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3391 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3395 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3396 line at the bottom. */
3397 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3398 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3400 height
= run
->height
;
3404 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3406 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3407 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3409 height
= run
->height
;
3414 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3418 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3419 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3420 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3430 /***********************************************************************
3432 ***********************************************************************/
3436 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3438 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3439 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3440 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3441 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3443 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3444 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3445 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3446 because of this (bug#9310). */
3447 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3448 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3449 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3450 x_uncatch_errors ();
3452 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3453 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3457 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3459 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3460 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3461 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3462 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3464 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3465 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3466 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3467 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3468 x_uncatch_errors ();
3470 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3471 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3474 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3475 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3476 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3477 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3478 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3481 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3483 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3485 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3487 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3488 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3489 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3491 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3492 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3494 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3495 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3497 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3500 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3503 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3504 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3505 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3508 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3510 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3512 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3514 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3515 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3517 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3518 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3519 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3520 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3521 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3523 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3524 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3528 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3531 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3532 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3535 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3537 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3539 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3541 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3542 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3546 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3547 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3549 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3550 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3554 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3555 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3557 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3560 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3562 struct frame
*frame
;
3564 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3568 switch (event
->type
)
3573 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3575 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3577 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3578 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3579 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3580 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3582 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3588 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3589 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3590 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3591 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3595 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3597 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3598 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3599 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3606 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3607 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3610 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3612 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3616 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3617 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3618 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3620 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3621 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3622 the appropriate X display info. */
3625 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3627 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3631 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3633 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3635 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3637 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3638 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3639 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3640 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3641 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3643 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3644 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3648 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3650 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3653 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3654 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3655 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3661 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3663 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3665 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3667 int min_code
, max_code
;
3670 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3672 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3673 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3674 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3675 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3676 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3678 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3680 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3681 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3683 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3685 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3686 Alt keysyms are on. */
3688 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3689 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3691 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3693 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3694 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3696 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3698 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3702 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3706 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3708 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3714 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3715 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3720 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3721 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3726 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3727 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3728 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3729 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3734 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3735 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3736 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3737 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3741 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3742 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3743 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3744 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3745 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3754 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3755 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3757 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3758 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3761 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3762 make them just meta, not alt. */
3763 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3765 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3768 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3769 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3772 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3776 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3778 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3779 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3780 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3781 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3784 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3785 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3786 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3787 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3788 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3789 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3790 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3791 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3793 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3794 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3795 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3796 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3797 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3798 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3802 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3804 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3805 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3806 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3807 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3811 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3812 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3813 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3814 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3815 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3816 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3817 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3818 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3821 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3822 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3823 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3824 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3825 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3826 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3829 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3832 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3837 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3845 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3847 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3849 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3853 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3855 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3857 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3858 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3859 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3860 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3862 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3866 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3867 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3868 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3874 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3875 The input handler calls this.
3877 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3878 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3879 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3880 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3882 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3883 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3886 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3888 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3889 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3890 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3892 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3895 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3897 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3898 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3899 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3900 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3905 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3906 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3907 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3908 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3909 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3910 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3912 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3913 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3914 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3915 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3916 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3917 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3925 /************************************************************************
3927 ************************************************************************/
3930 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3932 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3933 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3934 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3935 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3936 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3941 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3942 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3944 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3945 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3946 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3947 position on the scroll bar.
3949 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3950 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3953 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3954 was at this position.
3956 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3958 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3962 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3963 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3970 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3971 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3977 Window dummy_window
;
3980 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3982 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3983 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3984 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3985 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3986 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3988 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3990 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3991 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3992 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3994 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3997 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3998 a different screen. */
4001 /* The position on that root window. */
4004 /* More trash we can't trust. */
4007 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
4009 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
4011 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
4012 containing the pointer. */
4016 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
4020 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
4021 structure is changing at the same time this function
4022 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
4024 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
4026 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
4027 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
4029 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
4030 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
4031 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4033 /* From-window, to-window. */
4034 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
4036 /* From-position, to-position. */
4037 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4041 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
4047 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4049 /* From-window, to-window. */
4052 /* From-position, to-position. */
4053 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4058 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4061 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4062 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4063 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4064 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4065 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
4073 /* Now we know that:
4074 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4075 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4076 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4077 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4078 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4079 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4080 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4081 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4082 never use them in that case.) */
4085 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4086 want the edit window. */
4087 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4089 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4090 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4093 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4094 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4097 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4098 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4100 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4103 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4106 x_uncatch_errors ();
4108 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4111 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4113 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4117 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4123 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4124 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4128 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4129 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4130 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4131 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4132 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4133 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4134 the frame are divided into. */
4136 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4137 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4142 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4143 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4144 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4154 /***********************************************************************
4156 ***********************************************************************/
4158 /* Scroll bar support. */
4160 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4162 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4165 static struct scroll_bar
*
4166 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4170 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4171 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4172 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4174 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4176 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4178 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4179 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4180 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4183 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4186 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4188 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4189 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4190 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4191 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4192 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4195 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4196 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4197 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4198 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4205 #if defined USE_LUCID
4207 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4208 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4211 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4215 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4217 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4219 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4220 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4222 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4230 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4233 /************************************************************************
4235 ************************************************************************/
4237 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4239 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4240 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4241 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4242 struct scroll_bar
*);
4243 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4247 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4248 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4250 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4252 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4254 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4256 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4257 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4260 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4262 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4264 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4266 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4267 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4268 to avoid jerkiness. */
4270 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4272 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4273 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4274 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4275 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4278 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4279 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4282 const char *end_action
;
4285 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4286 end_action
= "Release";
4287 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4288 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4289 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4290 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4293 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4294 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4298 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4299 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4300 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4302 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4304 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4305 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4306 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4308 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4309 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4311 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4312 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4315 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4317 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4318 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4320 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4321 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4324 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4325 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4326 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4327 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4330 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4333 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4334 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4335 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4340 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4341 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4342 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4343 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4344 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4347 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4348 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4349 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4350 into that array in the event. */
4351 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4352 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4355 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4357 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4358 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4360 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4361 scroll_bar_windows
=
4362 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4363 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4364 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4365 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4368 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4369 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4370 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4371 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4372 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4373 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4375 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4376 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4377 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4378 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4381 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4382 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4383 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4384 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4389 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4393 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4395 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4399 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4400 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4402 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4404 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4405 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4408 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4411 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4413 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4414 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4415 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4416 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4417 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4423 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4425 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4428 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4429 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4430 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4433 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4435 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4436 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4437 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4441 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4442 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4443 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4446 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4447 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4448 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4451 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4452 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4453 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4456 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4457 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4458 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4462 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4463 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4466 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4467 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4468 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4475 /* Get the slider size. */
4477 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4480 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4481 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4482 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4483 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4487 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4493 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4494 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4495 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4499 #elif defined USE_GTK
4501 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4502 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4505 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4506 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4510 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4512 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4513 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4514 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4516 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4517 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4522 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4523 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4524 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4525 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4527 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4528 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4529 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4530 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4531 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4534 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4535 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4536 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4538 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4539 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4540 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4542 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4543 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4544 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4546 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4547 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4548 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4554 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4555 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4556 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4562 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4565 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4566 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4569 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4570 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4571 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4573 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4574 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4575 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4582 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4584 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4585 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4586 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4590 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4592 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4593 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4595 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4598 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4600 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4604 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4606 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4607 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4608 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4609 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4610 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4612 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4614 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4616 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4617 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4618 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4619 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4623 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4624 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4625 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4626 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4627 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4628 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4629 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4632 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4634 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4635 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4636 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4640 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4642 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4645 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4646 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4648 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4649 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4650 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4651 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4653 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4655 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4656 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4657 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4658 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4661 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4663 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4665 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4666 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4670 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4672 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4675 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4676 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4681 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4684 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4690 char const *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4691 unsigned long pixel
;
4696 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4697 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4698 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4699 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4700 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4701 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4702 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4703 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4705 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4708 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4712 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4715 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4719 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4720 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4722 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4723 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4725 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4727 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4729 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4731 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4733 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4735 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4738 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4739 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4741 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4742 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4743 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4744 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4746 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4748 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4749 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4750 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4751 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4752 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4753 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4754 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4755 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4757 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4760 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4764 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4767 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4771 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4773 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4774 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4776 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4779 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4780 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4781 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4783 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4786 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4788 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4791 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4792 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4793 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4795 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4799 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4800 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4801 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4802 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4803 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4804 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4805 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4808 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4809 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4813 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4814 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4815 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4817 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4819 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4822 /* Specify the colors. */
4823 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4826 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4829 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4832 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4838 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4839 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4842 char const *initial
= "";
4843 char const *val
= initial
;
4844 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4845 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4846 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4848 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4849 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4850 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4851 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4852 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4853 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4857 /* Define callbacks. */
4858 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4859 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4862 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4863 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4865 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4867 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4868 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4869 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4870 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4872 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4873 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4874 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4875 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4879 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4882 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4883 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4887 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4889 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4892 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4894 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4897 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4898 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4905 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4906 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4907 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4908 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4909 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4910 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4911 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4912 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4913 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4914 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4915 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4916 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4917 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4918 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4925 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4926 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4929 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4933 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4934 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4936 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4937 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4938 size
= max (size
, 1);
4940 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4941 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4942 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4944 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4946 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4952 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4953 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4957 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4959 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4960 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4961 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4965 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4966 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4967 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4970 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4971 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4973 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4974 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4975 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4976 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4978 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4979 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4982 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4983 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4984 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4986 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4990 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4994 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4996 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5000 /************************************************************************
5001 Scroll bars, general
5002 ************************************************************************/
5004 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
5005 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
5006 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
5009 static struct scroll_bar
*
5010 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
5012 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5013 struct scroll_bar
*bar
5014 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
5018 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5019 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
5020 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5022 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
5026 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5027 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
5028 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
5030 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
5031 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
5033 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
5035 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
5037 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
5038 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
5039 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
5040 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5041 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5043 window_box_height (w
), False
);
5045 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5046 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
5047 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5049 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5051 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
5058 bar
->x_window
= window
;
5060 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5062 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
5066 bar
->height
= height
;
5069 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5070 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
5072 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5073 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5075 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5076 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5077 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5079 /* Map the window/widget. */
5080 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5083 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5086 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5087 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5089 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5090 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5091 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5092 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5094 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5095 max (height
, 1), 0);
5096 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5097 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5099 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5100 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5101 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5108 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5110 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5112 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5113 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5114 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5117 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5118 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5119 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5120 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5121 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5124 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5126 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5127 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5128 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5129 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5131 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5133 && start
== bar
->start
5140 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5141 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5142 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5144 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5145 the distance between start and end. */
5147 int length
= end
- start
;
5151 else if (start
> top_range
)
5153 end
= start
+ length
;
5157 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5161 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5165 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5166 if (end
> top_range
)
5169 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5170 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5171 that many pixels tall. */
5172 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5174 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5175 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5177 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5178 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5179 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5180 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5181 inside_width
, start
,
5184 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5185 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5186 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5187 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5189 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5190 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5191 /* x, y, width, height */
5192 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5193 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5194 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5196 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5197 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5198 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5199 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5201 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5202 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5203 if (end
< inside_height
)
5204 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5205 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5206 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5207 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5208 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5216 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5218 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5222 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5224 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5227 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5229 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5230 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5231 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5232 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5234 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5237 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5238 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5244 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5245 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5246 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5250 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5252 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5253 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5254 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5255 int window_y
, window_height
;
5256 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5257 int fringe_extended_p
;
5260 /* Get window dimensions. */
5261 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5263 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5264 height
= window_height
;
5266 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5267 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5269 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5270 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5271 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5272 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5276 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5277 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5278 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5279 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5281 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5283 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5284 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5289 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5290 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5291 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5292 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5293 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5294 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5296 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5297 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5298 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5299 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5302 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5303 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5305 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5308 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5309 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5310 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5311 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5314 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5315 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5319 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5323 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5324 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5326 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5330 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5332 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5334 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5336 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5339 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5341 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5342 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5344 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5345 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5346 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5348 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5349 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5350 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5352 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5353 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5356 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5359 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5360 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5362 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5363 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5364 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5366 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5367 max (height
, 1), 0);
5368 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5370 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5372 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5373 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5374 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5376 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5377 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5379 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5380 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5381 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5385 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5386 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5387 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5390 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5391 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5392 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5394 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5395 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5396 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5397 rest
, height
, False
);
5399 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5400 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5404 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5409 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5411 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5413 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5417 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5419 /* Remember new settings. */
5420 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5422 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5423 bar
->height
= height
;
5428 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5429 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5431 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5432 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5433 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5435 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5437 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5440 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5443 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5444 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5445 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5448 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5450 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5454 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5455 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5456 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5457 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5458 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5459 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5460 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5462 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5463 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5464 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5467 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5469 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5470 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5473 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5474 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5475 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5476 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5477 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5478 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5479 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5484 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5485 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5488 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5490 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5493 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5494 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5497 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5499 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5500 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5501 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5503 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5505 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5506 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5508 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5509 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5510 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5512 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5513 one or the other! */
5517 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5519 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5520 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5522 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5524 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5525 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5526 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5529 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5530 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5533 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5535 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5537 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5539 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5540 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5541 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5543 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5545 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5547 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5550 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5553 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5554 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5558 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5559 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5560 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5562 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5566 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5568 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5569 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5570 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5571 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5575 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5577 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5578 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5579 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5580 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5582 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5583 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5585 /* x, y, width, height */
5587 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5590 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5591 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5592 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5593 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5598 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5600 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5601 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5603 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5608 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5610 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5613 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5614 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5615 emacs_event
->modifiers
5616 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5617 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5618 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5619 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5622 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5623 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5624 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5627 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5628 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5631 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5634 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5635 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5636 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5638 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5640 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5641 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5642 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5643 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5645 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5646 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5648 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5649 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5653 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5654 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5658 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5660 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5662 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5666 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5668 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5670 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5673 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5675 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5676 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5678 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5679 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5681 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5683 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5685 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5690 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5692 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5693 on the scroll bar. */
5696 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5697 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5698 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5700 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5701 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5702 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5704 Window dummy_window
;
5706 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5710 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5712 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5714 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5715 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5716 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5718 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5721 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5727 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5729 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5731 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5732 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5736 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5740 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5742 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5743 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5744 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5745 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5746 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5747 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5749 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5751 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5752 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5755 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5758 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5764 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5765 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5766 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5770 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5772 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5775 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5776 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5777 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5778 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5779 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5780 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5781 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5782 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5784 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5788 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5790 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5791 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5792 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5793 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5795 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5796 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5798 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5800 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5801 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5803 static int temp_index
;
5804 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5806 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5807 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5809 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5811 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5812 on a particular display. */
5814 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5816 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5817 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5818 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5819 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5821 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5823 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5824 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5827 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5828 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5829 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5830 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5831 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5832 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5844 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5845 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5846 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5848 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5850 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5854 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5856 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5857 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5858 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5861 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5862 event
->xclient
.window
);
5864 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5869 static int current_count
;
5870 static int current_finish
;
5871 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5873 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5874 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5875 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5876 static GdkFilterReturn
5877 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5879 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5882 if (current_count
>= 0)
5884 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5886 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5889 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5890 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5891 so we do it here. */
5892 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5894 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5897 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5902 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5905 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5909 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5913 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5914 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5916 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5918 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5921 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5922 enum xembed_message
,
5923 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5925 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5927 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5928 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5929 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5931 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5934 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5935 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5938 struct input_event ie
;
5939 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5943 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5944 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5945 struct coding_system coding
;
5946 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5947 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5950 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5952 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5953 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5956 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5957 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5963 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5964 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5965 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5967 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5968 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5970 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5971 could be the shell widget window
5972 if the frame has no title bar. */
5973 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5975 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5976 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5977 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5979 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5980 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5981 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5982 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5983 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5986 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5987 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5988 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5989 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5992 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5993 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5994 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5997 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5998 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5999 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
6001 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
6002 /* The ICCCM says this is
6003 the only valid choice. */
6005 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
6006 /* This is needed to detect the error
6007 if there is an error. */
6009 x_uncatch_errors ();
6011 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
6016 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
6017 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
6019 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
6020 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
6021 the session manager, who's looking for such a
6022 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
6023 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
6024 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
6025 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
6026 session manager and one for this. */
6028 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
6031 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6032 event
.xclient
.window
);
6033 /* This is just so we only give real data once
6034 for a single Emacs process. */
6035 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
6036 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6037 event
.xclient
.window
,
6038 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
6040 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6041 event
.xclient
.window
,
6047 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
6048 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
6050 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6051 event
.xclient
.window
);
6053 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
6055 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6056 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6063 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6064 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
6069 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6070 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
6073 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6075 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
6076 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6080 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6087 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6088 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6090 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6092 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6096 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6098 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6099 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6100 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6101 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6103 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6104 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6105 currently never do because we are interested in
6106 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6107 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6108 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6111 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6112 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6116 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6117 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6118 we construct an input_event. */
6119 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6120 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6122 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6123 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6126 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6128 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6129 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6130 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6132 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6133 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6134 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6136 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6140 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6142 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6145 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6146 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6150 case SelectionNotify
:
6151 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6152 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6153 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6155 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6156 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6159 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6160 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6161 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6162 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6164 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6166 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6168 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6169 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6170 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6171 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6172 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6176 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6177 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6178 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6179 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6181 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6183 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6185 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6186 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6187 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6188 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6189 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6190 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6191 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6192 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6196 case PropertyNotify
:
6197 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6198 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6199 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6200 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
) && f
->iconified
6201 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6203 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed. It hides
6204 the frame. So if our state says we aren't hidden anymore,
6205 treat it as deiconified. */
6206 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6207 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6208 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6209 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6210 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6211 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6212 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6213 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6216 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6217 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6220 case ReparentNotify
:
6221 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6225 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6226 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6230 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6231 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6232 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6234 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6239 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6243 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6244 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6245 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6246 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6247 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6250 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6252 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6253 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6254 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6255 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6259 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6260 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6264 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6265 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6267 #if defined USE_LUCID
6268 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6269 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6270 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6273 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6275 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6277 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6279 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6280 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6282 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6283 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6284 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6287 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6288 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6291 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6292 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6296 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6297 source area was obscured or not
6299 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6303 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6304 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6305 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6307 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6310 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6313 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6314 source area was completely
6319 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6320 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6323 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6326 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6327 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6328 the frame was deleted. */
6330 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6331 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6332 display that won't ever be seen. */
6333 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6334 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6335 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6336 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6337 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6338 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6339 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6340 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6342 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6344 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6345 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6351 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6352 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6353 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6356 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6357 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6358 frame is visible. */
6359 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6362 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6363 the frame's display structures.
6364 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6365 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6366 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6367 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6368 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6369 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6371 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6372 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6373 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6374 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6376 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6377 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6378 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6382 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6383 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6385 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6386 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6387 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6388 to update the frame titles
6389 in case this is the second frame. */
6390 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6393 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6400 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6401 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6403 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6404 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6405 if (popup_activated ())
6409 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6411 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6412 mouse highlighting. */
6413 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6415 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6417 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6418 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6421 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6424 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6425 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6426 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6428 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6430 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6431 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6434 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6438 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6439 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6440 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6443 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6444 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6445 status_return even if the input is too long to
6446 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6447 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6448 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6449 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6450 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6451 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6452 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6454 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6458 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6459 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6460 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6462 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6466 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6467 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6468 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6470 /* This will have to go some day... */
6472 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6473 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6474 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6475 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6476 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6477 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6478 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6480 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6481 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6482 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6483 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6484 not it is combined with Meta. */
6485 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6486 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6491 Status status_return
;
6493 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6494 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6495 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6496 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6498 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6500 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6501 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6502 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6503 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6504 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6507 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6508 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6510 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6515 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6516 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6520 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6521 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6524 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6525 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6529 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6530 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6531 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6534 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6535 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6537 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6538 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6540 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6541 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6543 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6544 translations to characters. */
6545 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6546 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6548 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6549 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6553 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6554 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6556 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6557 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6559 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6560 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6564 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6565 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6566 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6571 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6572 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6573 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6574 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6578 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6579 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6580 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6581 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6582 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6583 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6585 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6586 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6588 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6589 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6590 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6591 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6592 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6594 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6595 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6597 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6598 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6600 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6601 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6603 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6604 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6606 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6607 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6609 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6610 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6612 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6613 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6615 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6616 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6618 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6619 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6621 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6622 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6624 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6625 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6627 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6628 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6630 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6631 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6633 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6634 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6635 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6636 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6637 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6638 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6639 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6640 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6641 don't have real modifiers but
6642 should be treated similarly to
6643 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6644 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6645 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6646 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6650 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6651 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6653 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6654 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6658 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6662 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6664 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6666 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6669 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6671 /* Decode the input data. */
6673 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6674 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6675 we used just above and the locale. */
6676 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6677 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6678 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6679 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6680 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6681 gives us composition information. */
6682 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6684 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6686 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6687 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6688 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6689 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6690 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6691 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6694 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6695 character events. */
6696 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6699 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6700 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6702 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6703 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6704 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6705 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6707 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6712 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6714 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6720 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6721 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6729 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6731 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6732 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6740 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6741 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6743 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6745 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6746 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6748 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6749 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6750 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6751 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6753 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6754 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6755 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6756 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6761 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6765 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6766 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6768 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6771 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6773 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6774 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6775 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6776 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6779 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6780 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6781 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6782 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6783 if (any_help_event_p
)
6787 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6788 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6789 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6794 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6799 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6800 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6801 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6803 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6804 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6805 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6807 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6809 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6811 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6812 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6816 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6822 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6823 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6824 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6828 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6829 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6832 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6833 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6834 will be selected only when it is active. */
6835 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6836 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6837 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6838 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6839 create event iff we don't leave the
6841 && (focus_follows_mouse
6842 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6843 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6845 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6846 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6851 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6852 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6856 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6857 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6858 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6859 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6862 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6863 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6865 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6866 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6867 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6870 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6871 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6872 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6873 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6878 case ConfigureNotify
:
6879 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6882 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6883 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6885 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6886 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6892 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6894 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6895 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6897 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6898 is called by the code that handles resizing
6899 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6901 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6902 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6903 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6904 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6905 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6906 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6907 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6909 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6910 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6911 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6914 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6915 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6916 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6920 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6921 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6922 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6923 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6926 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6930 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6931 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6940 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6941 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6944 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6945 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6946 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6948 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6950 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6951 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6953 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6956 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6961 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6962 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6963 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6966 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6967 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6969 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6970 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6972 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6974 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6975 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6976 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6977 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6982 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6983 if (! popup_activated ())
6986 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6988 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6989 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6991 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6992 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6994 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6995 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6998 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
7000 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
7001 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
7002 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
7006 struct scroll_bar
*bar
7007 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
7008 event
.xbutton
.window
);
7010 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7011 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
7013 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
7015 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
7016 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7018 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7020 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
7021 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7024 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7026 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
7027 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
7030 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
7033 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
7035 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
7036 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
7037 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
7041 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7042 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7043 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
7044 don't pass it to Xt right now.
7045 Instead, save it away
7046 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
7047 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
7048 if (! popup_activated ()
7050 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
7051 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
7053 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
7054 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
7055 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
7056 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
7057 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
7058 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
7059 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
7060 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
7062 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7063 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
7064 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7066 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7068 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
7073 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7077 case CirculateNotify
:
7080 case CirculateRequest
:
7083 case VisibilityNotify
:
7087 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7089 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7091 case MappingModifier
:
7092 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7093 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7094 case MappingKeyboard
:
7095 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7100 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7105 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7107 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7108 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7110 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7115 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7117 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7122 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7127 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7133 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7134 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7135 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7139 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7140 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7150 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7152 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7153 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7154 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7156 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7158 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7160 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7161 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7163 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7166 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7173 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7174 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler only if SYNC_INPUT is
7176 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7178 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7179 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7180 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7183 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7186 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7189 int event_found
= 0;
7191 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7193 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7195 pending_signals
= 1;
7200 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7202 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7206 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7207 input_signal_count
++;
7213 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7214 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7216 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7217 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7221 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7226 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7229 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7230 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7235 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7236 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7238 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7246 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7247 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7248 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7249 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7251 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7252 from all displays. */
7254 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7256 current_count
= count
;
7257 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7259 gtk_main_iteration ();
7261 count
= current_count
;
7263 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7265 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7268 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7270 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7271 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7274 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7275 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7276 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7278 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7282 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7283 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7285 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7287 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7288 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7292 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7294 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7295 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7297 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7298 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7312 /***********************************************************************
7314 ***********************************************************************/
7316 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7317 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7319 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7320 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7321 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7324 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7326 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7327 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7328 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7330 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7332 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7333 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7334 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7335 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7336 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7338 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7342 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7345 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7347 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7348 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7349 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7352 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7355 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7356 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7357 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7358 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7361 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7362 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7363 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7365 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7366 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7367 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7368 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7369 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7371 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7372 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7373 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7375 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7376 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7377 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7378 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7382 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7384 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7385 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7386 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7390 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7392 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7393 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7395 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7396 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7398 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7399 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7402 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7403 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7404 the bar might not be in the window. */
7405 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7407 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7408 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7409 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7413 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7414 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7415 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7416 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7417 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7420 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7421 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7422 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7423 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7424 that the glyph is legible. */
7425 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7426 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7428 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7429 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7432 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7435 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7436 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7439 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7441 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7443 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7446 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7447 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7449 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7451 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7452 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7453 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7454 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7456 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7457 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7458 width
, row
->height
);
7462 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7465 width
= row
->height
;
7467 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7469 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7470 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7472 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7473 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7474 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7475 row
->height
- width
),
7476 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7479 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7484 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7487 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7489 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7490 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7491 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7492 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7496 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7499 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7501 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7502 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7504 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7505 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7506 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7511 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7514 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7516 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7520 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7521 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7523 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7524 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7525 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7526 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7528 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7529 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7533 switch (cursor_type
)
7535 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7536 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7539 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7540 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7544 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7548 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7552 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7561 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7562 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7563 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7568 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7575 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7578 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7580 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7582 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7585 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7586 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7587 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7588 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7593 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7594 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7595 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7597 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7598 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7599 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7603 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7604 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7610 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7611 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7614 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7616 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7618 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7622 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7625 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7626 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7630 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7631 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7635 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7636 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7637 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7638 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7639 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7641 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7644 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7645 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7651 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7652 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7655 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7657 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7662 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7663 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7665 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7666 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7669 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7670 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7671 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7672 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7677 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7679 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7680 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7682 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7683 be called from a signal handler.
7686 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7687 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7689 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7691 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7693 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7694 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7695 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7698 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7700 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7701 x_error_message
->string
,
7702 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7705 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7706 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7709 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7710 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7711 stored in *x_error_message.
7713 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7714 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7716 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7719 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7721 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7723 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7727 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7728 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7729 x_error_message
= data
;
7732 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7733 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7736 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7738 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7742 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7743 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7744 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7745 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7747 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7748 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7753 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7754 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7755 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7758 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7760 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7763 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7765 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7766 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7767 x_uncatch_errors ();
7768 error (format
, string
);
7772 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7773 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7776 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7778 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7781 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7784 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7787 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7789 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7792 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7793 * idea. --lorentey */
7794 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7797 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7799 while (x_error_message
)
7800 x_uncatch_errors ();
7805 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7808 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7813 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7814 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7815 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7816 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7817 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7820 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7821 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7824 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7825 must reestablish each time */
7826 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7831 /************************************************************************
7833 ************************************************************************/
7835 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7837 static char *error_msg
;
7839 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7840 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7843 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7845 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7846 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7847 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7849 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7850 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7851 handling_signal
= 0;
7853 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7854 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7858 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7860 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7861 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7864 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7865 that are on the dead display. */
7866 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7868 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7870 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7871 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7872 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7873 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7874 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7875 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7878 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7879 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7880 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7881 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7882 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7883 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7885 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7886 trying to find a replacement. */
7887 KVAR (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
) = Qt
;
7888 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7891 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7892 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7895 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7896 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7897 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7899 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7900 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7901 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7902 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7903 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7904 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7905 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7906 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7907 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7910 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7912 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7913 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7915 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7916 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7917 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7918 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7923 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7924 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7928 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7930 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7931 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7935 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7937 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7939 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7940 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7942 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7943 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7945 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7946 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7948 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7949 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7950 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7951 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7954 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7955 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7956 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7958 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7959 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7962 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7965 if (event
->error_code
== BadMatch
7966 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
7967 && event
->minor_code
== 0)
7973 if (x_error_message
)
7974 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7976 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7980 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7981 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7982 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7984 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7986 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7987 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7989 static void NO_INLINE
7990 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7992 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7994 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7995 or colors that are not defined. */
7997 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
8000 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
8001 original error handler. */
8003 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
8004 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
8005 buf
, event
->request_code
);
8006 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
8010 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
8011 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
8012 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8015 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
8019 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
8020 DisplayString (display
));
8021 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
8025 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8027 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
8028 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
8029 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
8033 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
8035 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
8038 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
8039 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8040 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
8041 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8045 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
8046 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
8047 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
8048 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
8049 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
8051 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8053 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8054 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8056 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8057 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8058 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8062 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8063 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8066 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8068 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8069 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8070 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8071 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8072 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8077 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8080 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8089 /***********************************************************************
8091 ***********************************************************************/
8097 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8098 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8099 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8102 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8104 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8105 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8109 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8110 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8112 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8113 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8115 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8116 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8120 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8121 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8122 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8126 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8129 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8130 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8133 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8134 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8137 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8145 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8146 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8153 XIMCallback destroy
;
8156 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8157 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8160 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8161 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8162 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8168 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8169 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8173 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8175 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8176 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8177 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8178 when the callback was registered. */
8181 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8183 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8184 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8186 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8190 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8192 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8193 as they have no XIC. */
8194 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8196 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8199 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8201 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8204 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8205 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8207 create_frame_xic (f
);
8208 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8209 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8210 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8212 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8213 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8222 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8225 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8226 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8227 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8228 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8231 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8233 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8237 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8238 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8241 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8242 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8243 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8244 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8245 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8246 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8247 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8248 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8249 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8250 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8251 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8252 least, hence the configure test. */
8253 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8254 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8255 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8256 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8258 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8262 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8265 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8270 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8271 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8272 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8274 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8275 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8276 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8277 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8278 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8279 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8280 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8281 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8283 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8286 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8290 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8291 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8294 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8296 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8298 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8299 is already for the top-left corner. */
8300 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8303 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8304 position that fits on the screen. */
8305 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8306 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8307 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8310 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8312 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8313 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8314 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8316 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8317 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8318 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8319 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8322 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8323 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8325 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8328 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8329 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8330 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8333 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8334 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8335 so the flags should correspond. */
8336 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8339 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8340 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8341 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8342 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8343 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8346 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8348 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8350 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8352 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8353 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8357 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8359 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8361 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8362 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8364 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8367 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8369 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8370 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8372 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8374 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8375 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8376 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8377 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8378 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8381 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8382 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8384 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8385 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8388 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8389 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8390 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8391 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8394 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8395 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8396 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8398 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8399 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8400 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8401 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8402 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8403 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8408 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8409 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8410 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8411 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8412 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8415 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8418 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8419 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8420 Window wmcheck_window
;
8421 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8422 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8423 long max_len
= 65536;
8424 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8425 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8426 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8430 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8431 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8432 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8433 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8434 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8435 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8437 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8439 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8440 x_uncatch_errors ();
8445 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8448 /* Check if window exists. */
8449 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8451 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8453 x_uncatch_errors ();
8458 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8460 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8461 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8462 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8463 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8464 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8465 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8467 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8469 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8470 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8471 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8472 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8473 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8475 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8477 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8478 x_uncatch_errors ();
8483 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8484 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8485 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8490 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8491 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8493 x_uncatch_errors ();
8500 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8502 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8504 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8505 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8507 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8509 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8511 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8513 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8518 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8521 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8523 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8525 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8526 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8529 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8530 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8531 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8533 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8536 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8542 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8543 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8544 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8545 long max_len
= 65536;
8546 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8547 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8548 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8551 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8554 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8555 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8556 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8557 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8558 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8560 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8562 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8563 x_uncatch_errors ();
8565 return ! f
->iconified
;
8568 x_uncatch_errors ();
8570 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8572 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8573 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8576 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8578 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8580 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8581 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8583 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8585 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8587 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8588 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8590 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8592 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8593 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8594 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8598 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8603 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8606 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8608 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8609 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8612 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8614 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8615 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8617 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8619 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8623 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8625 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8626 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8627 are sent at once. */
8628 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8630 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8631 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8632 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8633 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8634 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8635 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8637 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8638 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8639 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8640 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8641 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8642 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8643 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8645 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8646 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8647 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8648 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8649 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8650 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8651 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8653 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8654 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8655 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8656 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8657 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8659 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8660 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8661 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8663 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8664 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8667 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8671 return have_net_atom
;
8675 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8677 if (f
->async_visible
)
8680 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8688 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8690 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8693 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8698 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8701 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8704 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8707 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8712 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8713 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8718 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8719 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8721 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8723 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8726 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8727 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8729 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8730 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8731 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8733 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8735 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8736 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8738 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8740 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8741 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8742 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8743 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8744 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8746 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8747 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8749 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8750 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8753 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8758 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8759 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8760 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8761 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8762 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8763 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8764 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8767 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8769 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8771 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8772 window manager window around the frame. */
8774 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8776 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8778 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8783 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8784 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8785 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8787 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8789 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8790 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8792 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8793 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8795 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8798 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8799 frame's position. */
8801 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8805 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8806 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8807 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8808 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8809 of an exact comparison. */
8812 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8816 while (count
++ < 50)
8818 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8820 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8821 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8824 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8825 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8829 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8832 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8833 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8836 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8840 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8841 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8843 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8847 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8849 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8851 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8854 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8855 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8857 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8858 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8860 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8861 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8862 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8863 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8864 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8866 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8868 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8869 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8870 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8872 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8877 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8878 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8880 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8881 break; /* Timeout */
8883 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8884 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8888 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8889 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8890 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8891 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8894 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8896 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8898 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8899 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8900 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8902 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8904 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8906 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8907 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8908 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8909 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8911 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8912 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8913 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8914 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8917 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8918 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8919 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8920 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8921 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8923 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8924 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8925 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8926 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8928 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8929 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8930 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8931 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8932 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8934 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8937 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8938 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8939 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8940 if (f
->async_visible
)
8941 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8944 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8945 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8946 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8952 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8953 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8954 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8955 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8958 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8962 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8966 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8967 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8968 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8969 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8970 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8971 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8972 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8973 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8974 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8975 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8977 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8979 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8980 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8981 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8982 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8983 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8984 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8985 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8989 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8990 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8992 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8993 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8995 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8997 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8999 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
9000 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
9002 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
9003 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
9004 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
9005 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
9006 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
9011 /* Mouse warping. */
9014 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
9018 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
9019 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
9021 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
9022 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9024 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
9025 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9029 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9030 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9034 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
9037 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
9041 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9042 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9046 /* Raise frame F. */
9049 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9052 if (f
->async_visible
)
9053 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9055 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9059 /* Lower frame F. */
9062 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9064 if (f
->async_visible
)
9067 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9068 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9073 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
9076 xembed_request_focus (FRAME_PTR f
)
9078 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
9079 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
9080 if (f
->async_visible
)
9081 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
9082 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
9085 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9088 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
9090 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9091 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9093 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9094 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
9097 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9098 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9099 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
9101 Fcons (make_number (1),
9102 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9108 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
9116 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9118 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
9120 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9122 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
9125 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
9127 unsigned long data
[2];
9128 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9130 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9133 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9134 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9135 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9137 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
9140 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
9141 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9145 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9146 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9147 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9148 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9149 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
9150 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
9151 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9152 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9153 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9155 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9156 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9157 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9160 /* Change of visibility. */
9162 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9163 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9164 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9165 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9166 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9167 finishes with it. */
9170 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9173 int original_top
, original_left
;
9174 int retry_count
= 2;
9180 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9182 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9184 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9186 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9187 call x_set_offset a second time
9188 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9189 before the window gets really visible. */
9190 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9191 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9192 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9193 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9195 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9197 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9198 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9199 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9200 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9201 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9204 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9205 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9207 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9209 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9210 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9212 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9213 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9215 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9216 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9217 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9220 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9222 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9223 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9224 so that incoming events are handled. */
9228 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9229 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9230 will set it when they are handled. */
9231 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9233 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9234 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9236 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9239 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9241 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9242 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9243 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9244 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9246 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9247 because the window manager may choose the position
9248 and we don't want to override it. */
9250 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9251 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9252 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9253 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9254 && previously_visible
)
9258 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9262 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9263 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9264 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9265 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9266 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9267 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9268 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9269 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9270 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9272 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9273 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9274 original_left
, original_top
);
9279 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9281 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9282 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9283 MapNotify at all.. */
9284 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9285 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9287 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9290 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9291 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9292 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9293 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9294 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9296 if (input_polling_used ())
9298 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9299 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9300 handler reset it. */
9301 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9302 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9303 poll_for_input_1 ();
9304 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9307 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9308 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9313 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9317 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9318 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9319 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9320 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9322 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9327 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9329 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9332 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9336 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9337 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9339 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9340 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9341 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9345 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9346 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9347 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9348 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9349 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9350 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9353 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9354 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9357 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9358 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9363 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9364 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9366 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9367 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9371 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9372 just by the event that we get from the server.
9373 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9374 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9375 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9377 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9378 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9379 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9386 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9389 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9391 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9396 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9397 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9398 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9400 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9405 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9407 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9409 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9411 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9412 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9414 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9415 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9417 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9420 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9421 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9427 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9429 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9431 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9432 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9433 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9434 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9435 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9436 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9437 so we have to record it here. */
9440 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9441 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9446 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9447 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9448 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9452 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9454 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9455 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9459 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9461 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9463 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9464 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9465 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9466 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9467 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9468 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9470 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9471 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9473 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9474 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9478 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9479 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9480 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9481 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9482 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9484 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9485 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9487 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9490 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9491 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9495 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9497 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9499 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9501 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9502 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9505 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9506 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9508 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9510 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9514 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9517 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9519 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9520 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9521 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9523 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9528 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9529 commands to the X server. */
9530 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9532 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9533 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9535 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9536 free_frame_faces (f
);
9538 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9539 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9541 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9542 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9543 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9544 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9545 toolkit scroll bars. */
9546 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9548 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9549 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9558 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9559 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9561 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9562 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9564 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9565 we are using a toolkit. */
9566 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9567 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9569 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9570 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9573 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9574 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9576 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9577 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9578 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9580 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9581 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9582 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9583 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9584 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9585 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9587 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9588 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9589 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9590 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9591 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9592 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9593 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9594 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9595 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9596 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9597 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9598 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9599 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9600 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9601 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9604 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9607 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9608 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9609 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9611 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9612 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9613 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9614 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9615 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9616 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9618 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9620 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9621 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9622 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9623 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9624 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9625 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9626 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9633 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9636 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9638 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9640 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9641 commands to the X server. */
9642 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9643 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9645 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9649 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9651 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9652 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9653 that the window now has.
9654 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9655 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9656 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9660 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9662 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9663 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9665 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9666 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9668 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9673 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9674 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9676 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9677 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9679 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9680 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9682 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9683 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9684 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9685 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9686 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9687 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9689 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9691 int base_width
, base_height
;
9692 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9694 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9695 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9697 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9699 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9700 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9701 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9702 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9703 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9705 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9706 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9707 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9709 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9710 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9711 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9712 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9713 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9716 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9719 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9724 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9725 long supplied_return
;
9728 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9732 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9737 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9738 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9739 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9740 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9741 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9742 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9743 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9744 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9751 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9752 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9756 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9757 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9759 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9761 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9763 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9765 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9768 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9770 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9773 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9774 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9775 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9776 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9778 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9779 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9781 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9782 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9786 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9788 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9790 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9791 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9796 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9797 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9798 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9799 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9803 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9811 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9815 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9819 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9820 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9821 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9822 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9825 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9827 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9828 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9830 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9834 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9836 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9838 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9839 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9840 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9842 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9846 /***********************************************************************
9848 ***********************************************************************/
9852 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9856 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9858 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9859 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9860 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9863 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9866 /***********************************************************************
9868 ***********************************************************************/
9870 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9871 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9872 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9873 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9875 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9876 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9877 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9879 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9880 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9881 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9882 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9883 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9884 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9885 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9888 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9890 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9892 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9894 static int x_initialized
;
9896 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9897 the screen number from the server number. */
9899 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9902 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9903 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9904 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9906 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9907 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9908 length_until_period
++;
9910 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9911 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9913 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9915 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9916 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9917 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9918 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9919 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9920 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9921 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9922 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9923 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9924 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9925 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9926 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9927 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9928 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9930 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9934 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9938 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9939 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9942 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9943 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9946 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9967 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9968 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9971 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9976 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9978 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9986 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9987 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9989 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9990 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9994 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9995 the structure that describes the open display.
9996 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9998 struct x_display_info
*
9999 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
10003 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10004 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10006 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
10011 if (!x_initialized
)
10017 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
10018 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
10022 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10024 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10025 char **argv2
= argv
;
10028 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10030 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
10034 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
10035 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
10037 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10041 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10043 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10045 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
10046 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
10049 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
10050 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10052 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10054 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
10055 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
10057 static char fix_events
[] = "GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1";
10058 putenv (fix_events
);
10061 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
10062 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
10063 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
10064 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
10066 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
10067 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
10068 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10070 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10071 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
10073 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10077 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
10079 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
10080 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10082 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10083 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10085 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10086 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10088 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10089 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
10093 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10094 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10097 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10098 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10099 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10101 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10102 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10103 So let's not use it until R6. */
10104 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10105 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10116 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10117 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10119 turn_on_atimers (0);
10120 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
10121 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10122 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10124 turn_on_atimers (1);
10126 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10127 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10132 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10133 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10134 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
10135 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10136 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10138 /* Detect failure. */
10145 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10147 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10148 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10149 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10151 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10154 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10157 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10158 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10159 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10160 SSDATA (display_name
)))
10163 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10166 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10167 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10168 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vwindow_system
) = Qx
;
10170 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10171 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10172 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10173 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10174 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10176 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10178 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10180 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10181 list of terminals. */
10182 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10183 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10184 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10185 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10187 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10188 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10190 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vsystem_key_alist
)
10191 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10192 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10194 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10195 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10199 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10200 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10201 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10202 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10203 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10205 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10208 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10209 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10210 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10212 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10213 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10214 x_display_name_list
);
10215 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10217 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10219 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10220 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10221 memcpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10222 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10225 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10228 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10229 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10230 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10232 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10233 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10235 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10236 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10238 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10239 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10241 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10243 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10244 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10245 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10247 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10248 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10250 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10251 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10252 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10253 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10255 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10257 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10259 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10261 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10262 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10263 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10264 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10265 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10266 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10267 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10268 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10269 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10270 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10271 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10272 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10273 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10274 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10275 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10276 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10277 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10278 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10279 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10280 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10281 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10282 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10283 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10284 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10285 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10286 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10287 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10288 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10290 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10291 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10292 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10294 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10296 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10297 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10298 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10299 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10300 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10301 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10304 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10305 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10307 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10310 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10311 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10312 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10314 if (STRINGP (value
)
10315 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10316 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10317 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10321 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10322 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10326 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10327 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10328 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10329 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10330 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10332 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10334 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10335 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10339 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10341 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10342 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10343 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10344 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10345 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10346 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10347 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10348 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10349 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10358 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10359 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10360 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10361 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10362 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10363 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10364 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10365 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10366 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10367 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10368 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10369 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10370 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10371 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10372 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10373 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10374 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10375 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10376 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10377 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10378 { "ATOM", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM
},
10379 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10380 { "CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
},
10381 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10382 /* For properties of font. */
10383 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10384 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10385 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10386 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10387 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10388 /* Ghostscript support. */
10389 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10390 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10391 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10392 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10394 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10395 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10396 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10397 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10398 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10399 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10400 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10401 { "_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
},
10402 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10403 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10404 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10405 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10406 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10407 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10408 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10409 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10410 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10411 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10412 /* Session management */
10413 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10414 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10415 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10419 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10420 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10421 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10422 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (sizeof (Atom
) * total_atom_count
);
10423 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * total_atom_count
);
10424 char xsettings_atom_name
[64];
10426 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10427 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10429 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10430 snprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, sizeof (xsettings_atom_name
),
10431 "_XSETTINGS_S%d", XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10432 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10434 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10435 False
, atoms_return
);
10437 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10438 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10440 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10441 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10443 xfree (atom_names
);
10444 xfree (atoms_return
);
10447 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10448 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10449 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10450 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10452 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10453 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10454 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10456 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10457 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10461 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10462 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10467 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10470 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10472 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10473 if (connection
!= 0)
10474 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10477 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10478 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10481 if (interrupt_input
)
10482 init_sigio (connection
);
10483 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10487 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10490 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10491 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10492 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10493 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10494 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10495 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10496 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10497 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10498 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10500 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10501 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10502 x_uncatch_errors ();
10506 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10507 for debugging X code. */
10510 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10511 build_string ("synchronous"),
10512 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10514 if (STRINGP (value
)
10515 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10516 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10517 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10522 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10523 build_string ("useXIM"),
10524 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10527 if (STRINGP (value
)
10528 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10529 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10532 if (STRINGP (value
)
10533 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10534 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10540 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10541 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10543 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10544 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10552 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10553 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10556 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10558 struct terminal
*t
;
10560 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10562 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10563 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10566 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10567 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10568 x_session_close ();
10570 delete_terminal (t
);
10574 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10576 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10577 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10578 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10579 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10580 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10585 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10586 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10588 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10590 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10593 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10597 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10598 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10600 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10601 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10604 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10606 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10607 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10608 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10611 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10612 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10613 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10617 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10619 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10620 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10621 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10622 that slows us down. */
10625 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10628 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10629 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10631 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10632 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10633 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10634 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10639 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10640 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10641 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10642 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10643 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10644 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10645 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10648 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10651 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10653 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10655 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10656 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10657 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10662 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10665 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10667 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10669 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10671 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10675 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10677 x_after_update_window_line
,
10678 x_update_window_begin
,
10679 x_update_window_end
,
10685 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10687 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10688 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10689 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10690 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10691 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10692 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10693 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10694 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10695 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10696 x_clear_frame_area
,
10697 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10698 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10699 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10703 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10705 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10707 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10709 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10710 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10711 if (!terminal
->name
)
10716 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10719 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10722 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10723 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10724 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10726 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10727 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10729 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10730 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10731 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10732 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10734 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10735 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10736 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10737 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10738 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10739 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10740 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10741 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10742 leaks in other situations. */
10744 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10745 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10747 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10749 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10750 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10751 closing all the displays. */
10752 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10756 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10758 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10759 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10761 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10763 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10766 /* Mark as dead. */
10767 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10768 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10772 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10773 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10775 static struct terminal
*
10776 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10778 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10780 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10782 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10783 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10784 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10786 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10788 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10789 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10790 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10791 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10792 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10793 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10794 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10795 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10796 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10797 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10798 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10799 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10800 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10801 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10802 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10803 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10804 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10805 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10806 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10807 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10809 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10810 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10812 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10813 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10814 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10815 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10816 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10817 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10824 x_initialize (void)
10829 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10830 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10831 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10834 current_count
= -1;
10837 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10838 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10840 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10841 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10843 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10845 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10846 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10847 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10848 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10849 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10850 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10851 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10853 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10856 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10858 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10859 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10863 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10864 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10865 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10867 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10868 original error handler. */
10869 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10870 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10872 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10874 xgselect_initialize ();
10879 syms_of_xterm (void)
10881 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10883 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10884 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10886 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10887 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10889 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10890 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10892 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10893 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10896 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10897 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10899 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10902 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10903 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10904 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10905 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10906 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10907 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10908 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10910 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10912 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10913 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10914 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10915 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10916 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10917 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10918 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10920 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10921 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10922 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10923 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10924 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10925 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10926 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10927 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10928 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10930 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10931 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10932 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10933 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10934 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10935 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10936 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10938 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10939 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10940 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10942 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10944 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10947 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10950 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10951 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10953 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10954 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10955 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10956 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10957 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10958 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10959 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10960 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10961 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10963 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10964 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10965 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10966 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10967 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10968 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10970 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10971 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10972 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10973 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10974 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10975 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10977 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10978 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10979 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10980 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10981 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10982 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10984 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10985 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10986 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10987 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10988 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10989 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10991 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10992 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10993 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10994 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10995 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10999 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */